Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 1147:dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
More versioning of DMD specific codegen code.
| author | Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 27 Mar 2009 17:54:27 +0100 |
| parents | 1860414bf3b7 |
| children | 442ab244c455 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2009 by Digital Mars |
| 159 | 4 // All Rights Reserved |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
18 #ifdef __DMC__ |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
19 #include <math.h> |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
20 #else |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
21 #include <cmath> |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
22 #endif |
| 159 | 23 |
| 24 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 25 #include <assert.h> | |
| 26 #include <float.h> | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #ifdef __DMC__ | |
| 29 #include <fp.h> | |
| 30 #endif | |
| 31 | |
| 32 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 33 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 34 #include <complex> | |
| 35 #include <limits> | |
| 36 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 37 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
38 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
39 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 40 #else |
| 41 //#define signbit 56 | |
| 42 #endif | |
| 43 | |
| 44 #if __APPLE__ | |
| 45 static double zero = 0; | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
46 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
47 static double zero = 0; |
| 159 | 48 #elif __GNUC__ |
|
900
177afbf5297b
Solaris compatibility and proc map parsing #183, thanks BlueZeniX!
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
881
diff
changeset
|
49 #if !(defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
| 159 | 50 #include <bits/nan.h> |
| 51 #include <bits/mathdef.h> | |
|
900
177afbf5297b
Solaris compatibility and proc map parsing #183, thanks BlueZeniX!
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
881
diff
changeset
|
52 #endif |
| 159 | 53 static double zero = 0; |
| 54 #endif | |
| 55 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
56 #include "rmem.h" |
| 159 | 57 |
| 58 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 59 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 60 #include "scope.h" | |
| 61 #include "init.h" | |
| 62 #include "expression.h" | |
| 63 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 64 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 65 #include "template.h" | |
| 66 #include "id.h" | |
| 67 #include "enum.h" | |
| 68 #include "import.h" | |
| 69 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 70 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 71 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
72 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
73 //#include "gen/tollvm.h" |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
74 Ir* Type::sir = NULL; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
75 unsigned GetTypeAlignment(Ir* ir, Type* t); |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
76 #endif |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
77 |
| 159 | 78 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); |
| 79 | |
| 80 | |
| 81 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 82 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 83 | |
| 84 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 85 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 86 | |
| 87 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 88 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 89 */ | |
| 90 | |
| 91 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
| 92 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 93 int REALSIZE = 8; | |
| 94 int REALPAD = 0; | |
| 95 #elif TARGET_LINUX | |
| 96 int REALSIZE = 12; | |
| 97 int REALPAD = 2; | |
| 98 #else | |
| 99 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 100 int REALPAD = 0; | |
| 101 #endif | |
| 102 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; | |
| 103 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 104 | |
| 105 /***************************** Type *****************************/ | |
| 106 | |
| 107 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 108 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 109 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 110 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 111 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 112 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 113 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 114 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 115 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 116 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 117 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 118 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 119 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 120 | |
| 121 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 122 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 123 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 124 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 125 | |
| 126 | |
| 127 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 128 { | |
| 129 this->ty = ty; | |
| 130 this->mod = 0; | |
| 131 this->next = next; | |
| 132 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 133 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 134 this->cto = NULL; |
| 135 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 136 #endif | |
| 137 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 138 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 139 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 140 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
141 #if IN_DMD |
| 159 | 142 this->ctype = NULL; |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
143 #endif |
| 159 | 144 } |
| 145 | |
| 146 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 147 { | |
| 148 print(); | |
| 149 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 150 assert(0); | |
| 151 return this; | |
| 152 } | |
| 153 | |
| 154 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 155 { Type *t; | |
| 156 | |
| 157 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 158 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 159 if (this == o || | |
| 160 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 161 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 162 { | |
| 163 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 164 return 1; | |
| 165 } | |
| 166 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 167 return 0; | |
| 168 } | |
| 169 | |
| 170 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 171 { | |
| 172 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 173 } | |
| 174 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
175 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
176 void Type::init(Ir* _sir) |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
177 #else |
| 159 | 178 void Type::init() |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
179 #endif |
| 159 | 180 { int i; |
| 181 int j; | |
| 182 | |
| 183 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 184 | |
| 185 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 186 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 187 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 188 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 189 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 190 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 191 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 192 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 193 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 194 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 195 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 196 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 197 | |
| 198 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 199 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 201 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 202 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 203 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 204 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 205 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 206 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 207 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 208 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 209 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 210 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 211 | |
| 212 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 213 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 214 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 215 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 216 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 217 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 218 | |
| 219 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 220 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 221 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 222 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 223 | |
| 224 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 225 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 226 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 227 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 228 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 229 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
230 mangleChar[Treturn] = '@'; |
| 159 | 231 |
| 232 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 233 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 234 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 235 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 236 } | |
| 237 | |
| 238 // Set basic types | |
| 239 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 240 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 241 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 242 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 243 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 244 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 245 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 246 | |
| 247 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 248 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 249 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 250 | |
| 251 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 252 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
253 // LDC |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
254 sir = _sir; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
255 |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
256 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 257 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 258 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
259 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
260 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
261 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 262 } |
| 263 else | |
| 264 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
265 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
266 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
267 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
268 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
269 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
270 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
271 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
272 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
273 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
274 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
275 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
276 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
277 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
278 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
279 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
280 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
281 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
282 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
283 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
284 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 285 } |
| 286 } | |
| 287 | |
| 288 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 289 { | |
| 290 return size(0); | |
| 291 } | |
| 292 | |
| 293 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 294 { | |
| 295 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 296 return 1; | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 | |
| 299 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 300 { | |
| 301 return size(0); | |
| 302 } | |
| 303 | |
| 304 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 305 { | |
| 306 if (next) | |
| 307 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 308 return merge(); | |
| 309 } | |
| 310 | |
| 311 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 312 { | |
| 313 if (!pto) | |
| 314 { Type *t; | |
| 315 | |
| 316 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 317 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 318 } | |
| 319 return pto; | |
| 320 } | |
| 321 | |
| 322 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 323 { | |
| 324 if (!rto) | |
| 325 { Type *t; | |
| 326 | |
| 327 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 328 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 329 } | |
| 330 return rto; | |
| 331 } | |
| 332 | |
| 333 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 334 { | |
| 335 if (!arrayof) | |
| 336 { Type *t; | |
| 337 | |
| 338 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 339 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 340 } | |
| 341 return arrayof; | |
| 342 } | |
| 343 | |
| 344 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 345 { | |
| 346 return NULL; | |
| 347 } | |
| 348 | |
| 349 /******************************* | |
| 350 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 351 * get that other type. | |
| 352 */ | |
| 353 | |
| 354 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 355 { | |
| 356 return this; | |
| 357 } | |
| 358 | |
| 359 /******************************** | |
| 360 * Name mangling. | |
| 361 */ | |
| 362 | |
| 363 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 364 { | |
| 365 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 366 if (next) | |
| 367 { | |
| 368 assert(next != this); | |
| 369 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
| 370 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 371 } | |
| 372 } | |
| 373 | |
| 374 /******************************** | |
| 375 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 376 */ | |
| 377 | |
| 378 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 379 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 380 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 381 | |
| 382 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 383 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 384 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 385 } | |
| 386 | |
| 387 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 388 { | |
| 389 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 390 if (ident) | |
| 391 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 392 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 393 } | |
| 394 } | |
| 395 | |
| 396 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 397 { | |
| 398 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 399 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 400 return; | |
| 401 } | |
| 402 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 | |
| 405 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 406 { | |
| 407 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 408 { char *p; | |
| 409 | |
| 410 switch (this->mod) | |
| 411 { | |
| 412 case 0: | |
| 413 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 414 break; | |
| 415 case MODconst: | |
| 416 p = "const("; | |
| 417 goto L1; | |
| 418 case MODinvariant: | |
| 419 p = "invariant("; | |
| 420 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 421 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 422 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 423 break; | |
| 424 default: | |
| 425 assert(0); | |
| 426 } | |
| 427 } | |
| 428 } | |
| 429 | |
| 430 | |
| 431 /************************************ | |
| 432 */ | |
| 433 | |
| 434 Type *Type::merge() | |
| 435 { Type *t; | |
| 436 | |
| 437 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 438 t = this; | |
| 439 assert(t); | |
| 440 if (!deco) | |
| 441 { | |
| 442 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 443 StringValue *sv; | |
| 444 | |
| 445 if (next) | |
| 446 next = next->merge(); | |
| 447 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 448 sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); | |
| 449 if (sv->ptrvalue) | |
| 450 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 451 assert(t->deco); | |
| 452 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 453 } | |
| 454 else | |
| 455 { | |
| 456 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
| 457 deco = sv->lstring.string; | |
| 458 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 459 } | |
| 460 } | |
| 461 return t; | |
| 462 } | |
| 463 | |
| 464 int Type::isbit() | |
| 465 { | |
| 466 return FALSE; | |
| 467 } | |
| 468 | |
| 469 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 470 { | |
| 471 return FALSE; | |
| 472 } | |
| 473 | |
| 474 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 475 { | |
| 476 return FALSE; | |
| 477 } | |
| 478 | |
| 479 int Type::isreal() | |
| 480 { | |
| 481 return FALSE; | |
| 482 } | |
| 483 | |
| 484 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 485 { | |
| 486 return FALSE; | |
| 487 } | |
| 488 | |
| 489 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 490 { | |
| 491 return FALSE; | |
| 492 } | |
| 493 | |
| 494 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 495 { | |
| 496 return FALSE; | |
| 497 } | |
| 498 | |
| 499 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 500 { | |
| 501 return FALSE; | |
| 502 } | |
| 503 | |
| 504 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 505 { | |
| 506 return NULL; | |
| 507 } | |
| 508 | |
| 509 int Type::isauto() | |
| 510 { | |
| 511 return FALSE; | |
| 512 } | |
| 513 | |
| 514 int Type::isString() | |
| 515 { | |
| 516 return FALSE; | |
| 517 } | |
| 518 | |
| 519 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 520 { | |
| 521 return isscalar(); | |
| 522 } | |
| 523 | |
| 524 /********************************* | |
| 525 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 526 */ | |
| 527 | |
| 528 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 529 { | |
| 530 Type *t; | |
| 531 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 532 | |
| 533 for (t = this; t; t = t->next) | |
| 534 { | |
| 535 s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 536 if (s) | |
| 537 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 538 } | |
| 539 } | |
| 540 | |
| 541 | |
| 542 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 543 { | |
| 544 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 545 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 546 #endif | |
| 547 return NULL; | |
| 548 } | |
| 549 | |
| 550 int Type::isZeroInit() | |
| 551 { | |
| 552 return 0; // assume not | |
| 553 } | |
| 554 | |
| 555 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 556 { | |
| 557 return 0; // assume not | |
| 558 } | |
| 559 | |
| 560 /******************************** | |
| 561 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 562 * to type 'to'. | |
| 563 * Returns: | |
| 564 * 0 can't convert | |
| 565 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 566 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 567 */ | |
| 568 | |
| 569 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 570 { | |
| 571 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 572 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 573 if (this == to) | |
| 574 return MATCHexact; | |
| 575 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 576 // return 1; | |
| 577 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 578 } | |
| 579 | |
| 580 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 581 { Expression *e; | |
| 582 | |
| 583 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 584 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 585 #endif | |
| 586 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 587 { | |
| 588 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 589 } | |
| 590 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 591 { | |
| 592 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 593 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 594 } | |
| 595 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 596 { | |
| 597 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 598 } | |
| 599 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 600 { | |
| 601 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 602 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 603 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 604 } | |
| 605 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 606 { | |
| 607 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 608 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 609 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 610 } | |
| 611 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
| 612 { | |
| 613 assert(deco); | |
| 614 e = new StringExp(loc, deco, strlen(deco), 'c'); | |
| 615 Scope sc; | |
| 616 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 617 } | |
| 618 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 619 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 620 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 621 Scope sc; | |
| 622 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 623 } | |
| 624 else | |
| 625 { | |
| 626 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 627 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 628 } | |
| 629 return e; | |
| 630 } | |
| 631 | |
| 632 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 633 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 634 | |
| 635 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 636 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 637 #endif | |
| 638 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 639 { | |
| 640 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 641 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 642 } | |
| 643 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 644 { | |
| 645 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 646 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 647 } | |
| 648 if (v) | |
| 649 { | |
| 650 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 651 { | |
| 652 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 653 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 654 goto Loffset; | |
| 655 } | |
| 656 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 657 { | |
| 658 Loffset: | |
| 659 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 660 { | |
| 661 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 662 return e; | |
| 663 } | |
| 664 } | |
| 665 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 666 { | |
| 667 #if 0 | |
| 668 if (v->init) | |
| 669 { | |
| 670 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 671 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 672 else | |
| 673 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 674 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 675 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 676 { | |
| 677 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 678 | |
| 679 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 680 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 681 */ | |
| 682 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 683 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 684 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 685 { | |
| 686 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 687 } | |
| 688 } | |
| 689 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 690 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 691 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 692 } | |
| 693 return e; | |
| 694 } | |
| 695 #endif | |
| 696 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 697 return ex; | |
| 698 } | |
| 699 } | |
| 700 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 701 { | |
| 702 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 703 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 704 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 705 return e; | |
| 706 } | |
| 707 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 708 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 709 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 710 Scope sc; | |
| 711 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 712 return e; | |
| 713 } | |
| 714 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 715 } | |
| 716 | |
| 717 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 718 { | |
| 719 return salign; | |
| 720 } | |
| 721 | |
| 722 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 723 { | |
| 724 va_list ap; | |
| 725 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 726 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 727 va_end( ap ); | |
| 728 } | |
| 729 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
730 void Type::warning(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
731 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
732 if (global.params.warnings && !global.gag) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
733 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
734 va_list ap; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
735 va_start(ap, format); |
|
1124
e7f0c2b48047
Fix a bug where ::warning() was called with a va_list argument instead of an
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
736 ::vwarning(loc, format, ap); |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
737 va_end( ap ); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
738 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
739 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
740 |
| 159 | 741 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) |
| 742 { | |
| 743 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 744 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 745 Identifier *id; | |
| 746 char *name; | |
| 747 int len; | |
| 748 | |
| 749 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 750 if (internal) | |
| 751 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 752 if (ty == Tarray) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
753 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[((TypeArray *)this)->next->ty]); |
| 159 | 754 } |
| 755 else | |
| 756 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 757 len = buf.offset; | |
| 758 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 759 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 760 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
761 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
762 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
763 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
764 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 765 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 766 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 767 return id; | |
| 768 } | |
| 769 | |
| 770 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 771 { | |
| 772 return NULL; | |
| 773 } | |
| 774 | |
| 775 | |
| 776 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 777 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
778 //printf("Type::resolve() %s, %d\n", toChars(), ty); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
779 Type *t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 780 *pt = t; |
| 781 *pe = NULL; | |
| 782 *ps = NULL; | |
| 783 } | |
| 784 | |
| 785 /******************************* | |
| 786 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 787 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 788 */ | |
| 789 | |
| 790 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 791 { | |
| 792 if (!next) | |
| 793 return NULL; | |
| 794 else | |
| 795 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 796 } | |
| 797 | |
| 798 /******************************** | |
| 799 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 800 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 801 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 802 */ | |
| 803 | |
| 804 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 805 { | |
| 806 return NULL; | |
| 807 } | |
| 808 | |
| 809 /*************************************** | |
| 810 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 811 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 812 */ | |
| 813 | |
| 814 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 815 { | |
| 816 return FALSE; | |
| 817 } | |
| 818 | |
| 819 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 820 | |
| 821 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 822 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
823 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
824 const char *d; |
| 159 | 825 unsigned flags; |
| 826 | |
| 827 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 828 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 829 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 830 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 831 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 832 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 833 | |
| 834 flags = 0; | |
| 835 switch (ty) | |
| 836 { | |
| 837 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 838 c = "void"; | |
| 839 break; | |
| 840 | |
| 841 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 842 c = "byte"; | |
| 843 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 844 break; | |
| 845 | |
| 846 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 847 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 848 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 849 break; | |
| 850 | |
| 851 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 852 c = "short"; | |
| 853 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 854 break; | |
| 855 | |
| 856 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 857 c = "ushort"; | |
| 858 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 859 break; | |
| 860 | |
| 861 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 862 c = "int"; | |
| 863 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 864 break; | |
| 865 | |
| 866 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 867 c = "uint"; | |
| 868 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 869 break; | |
| 870 | |
| 871 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 872 c = "float"; | |
| 873 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 874 break; | |
| 875 | |
| 876 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 877 c = "long"; | |
| 878 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 879 break; | |
| 880 | |
| 881 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 882 c = "ulong"; | |
| 883 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 884 break; | |
| 885 | |
| 886 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 887 c = "double"; | |
| 888 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 889 break; | |
| 890 | |
| 891 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 892 c = "real"; | |
| 893 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 894 break; | |
| 895 | |
| 896 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 897 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 898 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 899 break; | |
| 900 | |
| 901 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 902 c = "idouble"; | |
| 903 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 904 break; | |
| 905 | |
| 906 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 907 c = "ireal"; | |
| 908 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 909 break; | |
| 910 | |
| 911 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 912 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 913 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 914 break; | |
| 915 | |
| 916 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 917 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 918 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 919 break; | |
| 920 | |
| 921 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 922 c = "creal"; | |
| 923 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 924 break; | |
| 925 | |
| 926 | |
| 927 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 928 c = "bit"; | |
| 929 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 930 break; | |
| 931 | |
| 932 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 933 c = d; | |
| 934 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 935 break; | |
| 936 | |
| 937 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 938 c = "char"; | |
| 939 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 940 break; | |
| 941 | |
| 942 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 943 c = "wchar"; | |
| 944 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 945 break; | |
| 946 | |
| 947 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 948 c = "dchar"; | |
| 949 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 950 break; | |
| 951 | |
| 952 default: assert(0); | |
| 953 } | |
| 954 this->dstring = d; | |
| 955 this->cstring = c; | |
| 956 this->flags = flags; | |
| 957 merge(); | |
| 958 } | |
| 959 | |
| 960 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 961 { | |
| 962 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 963 return this; | |
| 964 } | |
| 965 | |
| 966 | |
| 967 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 968 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
969 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 970 } |
| 971 | |
| 972 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 973 { | |
| 974 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 975 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 976 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 977 return; | |
| 978 } | |
| 979 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 980 } | |
| 981 | |
| 982 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 983 { unsigned size; | |
| 984 | |
| 985 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 986 switch (ty) | |
| 987 { | |
| 988 case Tint8: | |
| 989 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 990 case Tint16: | |
| 991 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 992 case Tint32: | |
| 993 case Tuns32: | |
| 994 case Tfloat32: | |
| 995 case Timaginary32: | |
| 996 size = 4; break; | |
| 997 case Tint64: | |
| 998 case Tuns64: | |
| 999 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1000 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1001 size = 8; break; | |
| 1002 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1003 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1004 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 1005 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1006 size = 8; break; | |
| 1007 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1008 size = 16; break; | |
| 1009 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1010 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 case Tvoid: | |
| 1013 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 1014 size = 1; | |
| 1015 break; | |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 1018 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 1019 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 1020 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 1021 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 default: | |
| 1024 assert(0); | |
| 1025 break; | |
| 1026 } | |
| 1027 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 1028 return size; | |
| 1029 } | |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
1032 { |
|
1014
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1033 if (ty == Tvoid) |
|
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1034 return 1; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
1035 return GetTypeAlignment(sir, this); |
| 159 | 1036 } |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1040 { | |
| 1041 Expression *e; | |
| 1042 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1043 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1044 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1045 #else | |
| 1046 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1047 #endif | |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1050 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1051 { | |
| 1052 switch (ty) | |
| 1053 { | |
| 1054 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1055 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1056 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1057 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1058 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1059 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1060 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1061 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1062 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1063 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1064 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1065 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1066 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1069 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1070 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1071 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1072 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1073 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1074 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1075 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1076 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1077 } | |
| 1078 } | |
| 1079 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1080 { | |
| 1081 switch (ty) | |
| 1082 { | |
| 1083 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1084 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1085 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1086 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1087 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1088 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1089 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1090 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1091 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1092 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1093 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1094 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1095 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1098 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1099 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1100 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1101 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1102 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1103 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1104 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1105 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1106 } | |
| 1107 } | |
| 1108 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1109 { | |
| 1110 switch (ty) | |
| 1111 { | |
| 1112 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1113 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1114 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1115 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1116 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1117 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1118 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1119 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1120 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1121 { | |
| 1122 #if IN_GCC | |
| 1123 // mode doesn't matter, will be converted in RealExp anyway | |
| 1124 fvalue = real_t::getnan(real_t::LongDouble); | |
| 1125 #elif __GNUC__ | |
| 1126 // gcc nan's have the sign bit set by default, so turn it off | |
| 1127 // Need the volatile to prevent gcc from doing incorrect | |
| 1128 // constant folding. | |
| 1129 volatile d_float80 foo; | |
| 1130 foo = NAN; | |
|
1008
4c20df3837f9
Preparation for next patch. Don't ask about why this is needed.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1006
diff
changeset
|
1131 if (std::signbit(foo)) // signbit sometimes, not always, set |
| 159 | 1132 foo = -foo; // turn off sign bit |
| 1133 fvalue = foo; | |
| 1134 #elif _MSC_VER | |
| 1135 unsigned long nan[2]= { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7FFFFFFF }; | |
| 1136 fvalue = *(double*)nan; | |
| 1137 #else | |
| 1138 fvalue = NAN; | |
| 1139 #endif | |
| 1140 goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1141 } | |
| 1142 } | |
| 1143 } | |
| 1144 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1145 { | |
| 1146 switch (ty) | |
| 1147 { | |
| 1148 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1149 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1150 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1151 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1152 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1153 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1154 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1155 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1156 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1157 #if IN_GCC | |
| 1158 fvalue = real_t::getinfinity(); | |
| 1159 #elif __GNUC__ | |
| 1160 fvalue = 1 / zero; | |
| 1161 #elif _MSC_VER | |
| 1162 fvalue = std::numeric_limits<long double>::infinity(); | |
| 1163 #else | |
| 1164 fvalue = INFINITY; | |
| 1165 #endif | |
| 1166 goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1167 } | |
| 1168 } | |
| 1169 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1170 { | |
| 1171 switch (ty) | |
| 1172 { | |
| 1173 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1174 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1175 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1176 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1177 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1178 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1179 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1180 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1181 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1182 } | |
| 1183 } | |
| 1184 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1185 { | |
| 1186 switch (ty) | |
| 1187 { | |
| 1188 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1189 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1190 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1191 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1192 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1193 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1194 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1195 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1196 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1197 } | |
| 1198 } | |
| 1199 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1200 { | |
| 1201 switch (ty) | |
| 1202 { | |
| 1203 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1204 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1205 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1206 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1207 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1208 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1209 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1210 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1211 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1212 } | |
| 1213 } | |
| 1214 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1215 { | |
| 1216 switch (ty) | |
| 1217 { | |
| 1218 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1219 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1220 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1221 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1222 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1223 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1224 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1225 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1226 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1227 } | |
| 1228 } | |
| 1229 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1230 { | |
| 1231 switch (ty) | |
| 1232 { | |
| 1233 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1234 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1235 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1236 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1237 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1238 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1239 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1240 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1241 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1242 } | |
| 1243 } | |
| 1244 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1245 { | |
| 1246 switch (ty) | |
| 1247 { | |
| 1248 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1249 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1250 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1251 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1252 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1253 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1254 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1255 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1256 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1257 } | |
| 1258 } | |
| 1259 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1260 { | |
| 1261 switch (ty) | |
| 1262 { | |
| 1263 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1264 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1265 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1266 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1267 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1268 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1269 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1270 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1271 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1272 } | |
| 1273 } | |
| 1274 | |
| 1275 Ldefault: | |
| 1276 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1277 | |
| 1278 Livalue: | |
| 1279 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1280 return e; | |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 Lfvalue: | |
| 1283 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1284 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1285 else | |
| 1286 { | |
| 1287 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1290 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1291 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1292 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1293 #else | |
| 1294 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1295 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1296 #endif | |
| 1297 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1298 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1299 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1300 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1301 } | |
| 1302 return e; | |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 Lint: | |
| 1305 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1306 return e; | |
| 1307 } | |
| 1308 | |
| 1309 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1310 { | |
| 1311 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1312 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1313 #endif | |
| 1314 Type *t; | |
| 1315 | |
| 1316 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1317 { | |
| 1318 switch (ty) | |
| 1319 { | |
| 1320 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1321 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1322 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1323 L1: | |
| 1324 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1325 break; | |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1328 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1329 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1330 break; | |
| 1331 | |
| 1332 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1333 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1334 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1335 L2: | |
| 1336 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1337 break; | |
| 1338 | |
| 1339 default: | |
| 1340 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1341 } | |
| 1342 } | |
| 1343 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1344 { Type *t2; | |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 switch (ty) | |
| 1347 { | |
| 1348 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1349 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1350 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1351 L3: | |
| 1352 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1353 e->type = t2; | |
| 1354 break; | |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1357 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1358 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1359 L4: | |
| 1360 e->type = t; | |
| 1361 break; | |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1364 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1365 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1366 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1367 break; | |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 default: | |
| 1370 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1371 } | |
| 1372 } | |
| 1373 else | |
| 1374 { | |
| 1375 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1376 } | |
| 1377 return e; | |
| 1378 } | |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 1381 { integer_t value = 0; | |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1384 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1385 #endif | |
| 1386 switch (ty) | |
| 1387 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1388 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1389 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1390 |
| 159 | 1391 case Tchar: |
| 1392 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1393 break; | |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 case Twchar: | |
| 1396 case Tdchar: | |
| 1397 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1398 break; | |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1401 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1402 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1403 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1404 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1405 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1406 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1407 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1408 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1409 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1410 } | |
| 1411 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1412 } | |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit() | |
| 1415 { | |
| 1416 switch (ty) | |
| 1417 { | |
| 1418 case Tchar: | |
| 1419 case Twchar: | |
| 1420 case Tdchar: | |
| 1421 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1422 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1423 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1424 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1425 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1426 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1427 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1428 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1429 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1430 return 0; // no | |
| 1431 } | |
| 1432 return 1; // yes | |
| 1433 } | |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1436 { | |
| 1437 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1438 } | |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1441 { | |
| 1442 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1443 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1444 } | |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1447 { | |
| 1448 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1449 } | |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1452 { | |
| 1453 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1454 } | |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1457 { | |
| 1458 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1459 } | |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1462 { | |
| 1463 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1464 } | |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1467 { | |
| 1468 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1469 } | |
| 1470 | |
| 1471 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1472 { | |
| 1473 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1474 } | |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1477 { | |
| 1478 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1479 if (this == to) | |
| 1480 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1483 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1484 if (1 || global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 1485 { | |
| 1486 if (to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1487 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1488 } | |
| 1489 else | |
| 1490 { | |
| 1491 if (ty == Tbool || to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1492 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1493 } | |
| 1494 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) | |
| 1495 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1498 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1499 { | |
| 1500 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1501 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1502 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 // If converting to integral | |
| 1505 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1506 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1507 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1510 */ | |
| 1511 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1512 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1515 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1516 } | |
| 1517 } | |
| 1518 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1519 { | |
| 1520 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1521 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1522 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1523 | |
| 1524 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1527 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1528 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1531 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1532 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1533 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1536 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1537 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1538 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1539 } | |
| 1540 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1541 } | |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1544 { | |
| 1545 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1546 } | |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1549 | |
| 1550 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1551 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1552 { | |
| 1553 } | |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1556 { | |
| 1557 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1560 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1561 #endif | |
| 1562 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1563 { | |
| 1564 Expression *ec; | |
| 1565 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1566 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1567 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1568 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1569 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1570 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1571 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1572 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1573 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1574 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1575 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1576 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1577 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1578 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1579 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1580 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1581 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1582 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1583 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1584 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1585 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1586 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1587 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1588 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1589 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1590 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1591 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1592 } | |
| 1593 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1594 { | |
| 1595 Expression *ec; | |
| 1596 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1597 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1598 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1599 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1600 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1601 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1602 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1603 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1604 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1605 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1606 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1607 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1608 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1609 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1610 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1611 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1612 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1613 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1614 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1615 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1616 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1617 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1618 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1619 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1620 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1621 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1622 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1623 } | |
| 1624 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1625 { | |
| 1626 Expression *ec; | |
| 1627 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1628 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1629 int dup; | |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 assert(size); | |
| 1632 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1633 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1634 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1635 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1636 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1637 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1638 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1639 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1640 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1641 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1642 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1643 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1644 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1645 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1646 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1647 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1648 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1649 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1650 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1651 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1652 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1653 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1654 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1655 if (dup) | |
| 1656 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1657 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1658 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1659 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1660 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1661 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1662 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1663 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1664 |
| 159 | 1665 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1666 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1667 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1668 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1669 } | |
| 1670 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1671 { | |
| 1672 Expression *ec; | |
| 1673 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1674 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1675 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1676 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1677 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1678 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1679 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1680 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1681 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1682 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1683 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1684 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1685 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1686 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1687 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1688 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1689 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1690 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1691 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1692 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1693 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1694 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1695 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1696 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1697 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1698 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1699 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1700 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1701 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1702 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1703 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1704 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1705 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1706 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1707 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1708 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1709 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1710 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1711 } | |
| 1712 else | |
| 1713 { | |
| 1714 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1715 } | |
| 1716 return e; | |
| 1717 } | |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1723 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1724 { | |
| 1725 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1726 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1727 } | |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1730 { | |
| 1731 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1732 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1733 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1734 return t; | |
| 1735 } | |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 1738 { integer_t sz; | |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 if (!dim) | |
| 1741 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1742 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1743 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1744 { | |
| 1745 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1746 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1747 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1748 } | |
| 1749 else | |
| 1750 { integer_t n, n2; | |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 n = next->size(); | |
| 1753 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1754 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1755 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1756 sz = n2; | |
| 1757 } | |
| 1758 return sz; | |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 Loverflow: | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1761 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1762 return 1; |
| 1763 } | |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1766 { | |
| 1767 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1768 } | |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 /************************** | |
| 1771 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1772 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1773 */ | |
| 1774 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1775 { | |
| 1776 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1777 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1778 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1779 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 sc->pop(); | |
| 1784 } | |
| 1785 else | |
| 1786 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1787 return exp; | |
| 1788 } | |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1791 { | |
| 1792 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1793 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1794 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 sc->pop(); | |
| 1799 return exp; | |
| 1800 } | |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1803 { | |
| 1804 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1805 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1806 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1807 if (*pe) | |
| 1808 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1809 Expression *e; | |
| 1810 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1811 *pe = e; | |
| 1812 } | |
| 1813 else if (*ps) | |
| 1814 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1815 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1816 if (td) | |
| 1817 { | |
| 1818 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1819 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1820 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1821 | |
| 1822 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1823 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1824 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1829 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1830 goto Ldefault; |
| 1831 } | |
| 1832 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1833 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1834 { | |
| 1835 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1836 return; | |
| 1837 } | |
| 1838 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1839 { | |
| 1840 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1841 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1842 return; | |
| 1843 } | |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1846 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1847 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1848 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1849 */ | |
| 1850 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1851 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1852 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1855 *ps = tds; | |
| 1856 } | |
| 1857 else | |
| 1858 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1859 } | |
| 1860 else | |
| 1861 { | |
| 1862 Ldefault: | |
| 1863 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1864 } | |
| 1865 } | |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1868 { | |
| 1869 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 Type *t; | |
| 1872 Expression *e; | |
| 1873 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1874 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1875 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1876 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1879 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1880 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1881 | |
| 1882 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1883 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1884 return Type::terror; |
| 1885 } | |
| 1886 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1887 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1888 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1889 return Type::terror; | |
| 1890 } | |
| 1891 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1892 return t; | |
| 1893 } | |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1896 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 if (dim) | |
| 1899 { integer_t n, n2; | |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1904 if (sc && sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && |
| 159 | 1905 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) |
| 1906 { | |
| 1907 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1908 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1909 */ | |
| 1910 return this; | |
| 1911 } | |
| 1912 integer_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1913 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); | |
| 1914 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 1915 integer_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1916 | |
| 1917 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1918 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1921 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1922 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1923 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1924 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1925 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1926 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1927 { | |
| 1928 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1929 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1930 */ | |
| 1931 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1932 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1933 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1934 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1935 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1936 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1937 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1938 { | |
| 1939 Loverflow: | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1940 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1941 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1942 } | |
| 1943 } | |
| 1944 } | |
| 1945 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1946 { | |
| 1947 case Ttuple: | |
| 1948 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1949 assert(dim); | |
| 1950 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1951 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1954 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 1955 return Type::terror; |
| 1956 } | |
| 1957 Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1958 return arg->type; | |
| 1959 } | |
| 1960 case Tfunction: | |
| 1961 case Tnone: | |
| 1962 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1963 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 1964 break; | |
| 1965 } | |
| 1966 if (tbn->isauto()) | |
| 1967 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1968 return merge(); | |
| 1969 } | |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 1972 { | |
| 1973 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 1974 if (dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1975 buf->printf("%ju", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 1976 if (next) |
| 1977 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 1978 } | |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1981 { | |
| 1982 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1983 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1984 return; | |
| 1985 } | |
| 1986 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 1987 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1988 } | |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1991 { | |
| 1992 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1993 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1994 #endif | |
| 1995 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 1996 { | |
| 1997 e = dim; | |
| 1998 } | |
| 1999 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2000 { | |
| 2001 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2002 } | |
| 2003 else | |
| 2004 { | |
| 2005 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2006 } | |
| 2007 return e; | |
| 2008 } | |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 2011 { | |
| 2012 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2013 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2014 } | |
| 2015 | |
| 2016 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 2017 { | |
| 2018 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 2019 } | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2022 { | |
| 2023 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 2026 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 2027 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 2028 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2029 { | |
| 2030 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2031 } | |
| 2032 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2033 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2036 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2037 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2038 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2039 } | |
| 2040 #if 0 | |
| 2041 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2042 { | |
| 2043 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2046 { | |
| 2047 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2048 } | |
| 2049 } | |
| 2050 #endif | |
| 2051 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2052 } | |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2055 { | |
| 2056 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2057 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2058 #endif | |
| 2059 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2060 } | |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2063 { | |
| 2064 return next->isZeroInit(); | |
| 2065 } | |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2069 { | |
| 2070 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2071 if (e) | |
| 2072 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2073 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2074 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2075 } | |
| 2076 return e; | |
| 2077 } | |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2080 { | |
| 2081 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2082 } | |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2087 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2088 { | |
| 2089 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2090 } | |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2093 { | |
| 2094 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2095 if (t == next) | |
| 2096 t = this; | |
| 2097 else | |
| 2098 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2099 return t; | |
| 2100 } | |
| 2101 | |
| 2102 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2103 { | |
| 2104 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2105 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2106 } | |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2109 { | |
| 2110 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2111 // boundary | |
| 2112 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2113 } | |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2116 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2119 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2120 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2121 { | |
| 2122 case Tfunction: | |
| 2123 case Tnone: | |
| 2124 case Ttuple: | |
| 2125 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2126 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2127 break; | |
| 2128 } | |
| 2129 if (tn->isauto()) | |
| 2130 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tn->toChars()); | |
| 2131 if (next != tn) | |
| 2132 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2133 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2134 return merge(); | |
| 2135 } | |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2138 { | |
| 2139 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2140 if (next) | |
| 2141 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2142 } | |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2145 { | |
| 2146 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2147 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2148 return; | |
| 2149 } | |
| 2150 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2151 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2152 } | |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2155 { | |
| 2156 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2157 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2158 #endif | |
| 2159 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2160 { | |
| 2161 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2162 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2165 } | |
| 2166 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2167 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2168 return e; | |
| 2169 } | |
| 2170 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2171 { | |
| 2172 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2173 return e; | |
| 2174 } | |
| 2175 else | |
| 2176 { | |
| 2177 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2178 } | |
| 2179 return e; | |
| 2180 } | |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2183 { | |
| 2184 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2185 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2186 } | |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2189 { | |
| 2190 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2193 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2194 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2195 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2196 { | |
| 2197 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2198 } | |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2201 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2204 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2205 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2206 } | |
| 2207 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2208 } | |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2211 { | |
| 2212 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2213 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2214 #endif | |
| 2215 Expression *e; | |
| 2216 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2217 e->type = this; | |
| 2218 return e; | |
| 2219 } | |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2222 { | |
| 2223 return 1; | |
| 2224 } | |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2227 { | |
| 2228 return TRUE; | |
| 2229 } | |
| 2230 | |
| 2231 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2232 { | |
| 2233 return TRUE; | |
| 2234 } | |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2239 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2240 { | |
| 2241 this->index = index; | |
| 2242 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2243 } | |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2246 { | |
| 2247 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2248 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2249 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2250 t = this; | |
| 2251 else | |
| 2252 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2253 return t; | |
| 2254 } | |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2257 { | |
| 2258 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2259 } | |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2263 { | |
| 2264 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2267 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2268 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2269 { | |
| 2270 Expression *e; | |
| 2271 Type *t; | |
| 2272 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2275 if (e) | |
| 2276 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2277 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2278 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2281 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2282 } | |
| 2283 else if (t) | |
| 2284 index = t; | |
| 2285 else | |
| 2286 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2287 } | |
| 2288 else | |
| 2289 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2292 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2293 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2294 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2295 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2296 { | |
| 2297 #if 0 | |
| 2298 case Tint8: | |
| 2299 case Tuns8: | |
| 2300 case Tint16: | |
| 2301 case Tuns16: | |
| 2302 key = tint32; | |
| 2303 break; | |
| 2304 #endif | |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 case Tsarray: | |
| 2307 #if 0 | |
| 2308 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2309 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2310 #endif | |
| 2311 break; | |
| 2312 case Tbit: | |
| 2313 case Tbool: | |
| 2314 case Tfunction: | |
| 2315 case Tvoid: | |
| 2316 case Tnone: | |
| 2317 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); | |
| 2318 break; | |
| 2319 } | |
| 2320 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2321 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2322 { | |
| 2323 case Tfunction: | |
| 2324 case Tnone: | |
| 2325 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2326 break; | |
| 2327 } | |
| 2328 if (next->isauto()) | |
| 2329 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 return merge(); | |
| 2332 } | |
| 2333 | |
| 336 | 2334 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2335 { | |
| 2336 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2339 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2340 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2341 { | |
| 2342 Expression *e; | |
| 2343 Type *t; | |
| 2344 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2347 if (e) | |
| 2348 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2349 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2352 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2353 } | |
| 2354 else if (t) | |
| 2355 index = t; | |
| 2356 else | |
| 2357 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2358 } | |
| 2359 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2360 } | |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | |
| 159 | 2363 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2364 { | |
| 2365 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2366 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2367 #endif | |
| 2368 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2369 { | |
| 2370 Expression *ec; | |
| 2371 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2372 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2373 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2374 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2375 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2376 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2377 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2378 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2379 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2380 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2381 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2382 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2383 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2384 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2385 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2386 } |
| 2387 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2388 { | |
| 2389 Expression *ec; | |
| 2390 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2391 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2394 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2395 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2396 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2397 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2398 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2399 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2400 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2401 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2402 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2403 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2404 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2405 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2406 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2407 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2408 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2409 } | |
| 2410 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2411 { | |
| 2412 Expression *ec; | |
| 2413 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2414 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2415 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2416 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2417 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2418 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2419 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2420 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2421 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2422 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2423 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2424 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2425 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2426 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2427 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2428 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2429 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2430 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2431 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2432 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2433 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2434 } | |
| 2435 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2436 { | |
| 2437 Expression *ec; | |
| 2438 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2439 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2440 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2441 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2442 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2443 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2444 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2445 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2446 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2447 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2448 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2449 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2450 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2451 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
|
975
067bb8f19c36
Fix #217. getInternalTypeInfo doesn't work with LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
938
diff
changeset
|
2452 arguments->push(key->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC doesn't support getInternalTypeInfo, see above |
| 159 | 2453 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 2454 e->type = this; | |
| 2455 } | |
| 2456 else | |
| 2457 { | |
| 2458 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2459 } | |
| 2460 return e; | |
| 2461 } | |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2464 { | |
| 2465 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2466 index->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2467 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2468 } | |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2471 { | |
| 2472 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2473 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2474 return; | |
| 2475 } | |
| 2476 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2477 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2478 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2479 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2480 } | |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2483 { | |
| 2484 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2485 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2486 #endif | |
| 2487 Expression *e; | |
| 2488 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2489 e->type = this; | |
| 2490 return e; | |
| 2491 } | |
| 2492 | |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2493 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit() |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2494 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2495 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2496 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2497 |
| 159 | 2498 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2499 { | |
| 2500 return TRUE; | |
| 2501 } | |
| 2502 | |
| 2503 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2504 { | |
| 2505 return TRUE; | |
| 2506 } | |
| 2507 | |
| 2508 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2511 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2512 { | |
| 2513 } | |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2516 { | |
| 2517 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2518 if (t == next) | |
| 2519 t = this; | |
| 2520 else | |
| 2521 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2522 return t; | |
| 2523 } | |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2526 { | |
| 2527 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); | |
| 2528 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2529 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2530 { | |
| 2531 case Ttuple: | |
| 2532 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2533 n = tint32; | |
| 2534 break; | |
| 2535 } | |
| 2536 if (n != next) | |
| 2537 deco = NULL; | |
| 2538 next = n; | |
| 2539 return merge(); | |
| 2540 } | |
| 2541 | |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2544 { | |
| 2545 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2546 } | |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2549 { | |
| 2550 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2551 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2552 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2553 return; | |
| 2554 } | |
| 2555 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2556 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2557 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2558 } | |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2561 { | |
| 2562 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 if (this == to) | |
| 2565 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2566 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2567 { | |
| 2568 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2569 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 #if 0 | |
| 2572 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2573 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2574 #endif | |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2577 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2578 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2581 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2582 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2583 } | |
| 2584 } | |
| 2585 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2586 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2587 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2588 } | |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2591 { | |
| 2592 return TRUE; | |
| 2593 } | |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2596 { | |
| 2597 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2598 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2599 #endif | |
| 2600 Expression *e; | |
| 2601 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2602 e->type = this; | |
| 2603 return e; | |
| 2604 } | |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 int TypePointer::isZeroInit() | |
| 2607 { | |
| 2608 return 1; | |
| 2609 } | |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2612 { | |
| 2613 return TRUE; | |
| 2614 } | |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2620 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2621 { | |
| 2622 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2623 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2624 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2625 } | |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2628 { | |
| 2629 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2630 if (t == next) | |
| 2631 t = this; | |
| 2632 else | |
| 2633 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2634 return t; | |
| 2635 } | |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2638 { | |
| 2639 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2640 } | |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2643 { | |
| 2644 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2645 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2646 return; | |
| 2647 } | |
| 2648 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2649 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2650 } | |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2653 { | |
| 2654 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2655 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2656 #endif | |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 // References just forward things along | |
| 2659 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2660 } | |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2663 { | |
| 2664 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2665 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2666 #endif | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
2667 Expression *e = new NullExp(loc); |
| 159 | 2668 e->type = this; |
| 2669 return e; | |
| 2670 } | |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 int TypeReference::isZeroInit() | |
| 2673 { | |
| 2674 return 1; | |
| 2675 } | |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 | |
| 2678 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Arguments *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) | |
| 2681 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) | |
| 2682 { | |
| 2683 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2684 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2685 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2686 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2687 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2688 this->inuse = 0; | |
| 2689 } | |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2692 { | |
| 2693 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
| 2694 Arguments *params = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); | |
|
217
0806379a5eca
[svn r233] Added: -oq command line option for writing fully qualified object names.
lindquist
parents:
211
diff
changeset
|
2695 TypeFunction *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
| 159 | 2696 return t; |
| 2697 } | |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 /******************************* | |
| 2700 * Returns: | |
| 2701 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2702 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2703 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2704 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2705 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2706 */ | |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2709 { | |
| 2710 #if 0 | |
| 2711 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2712 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2713 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2714 #endif | |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2719 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2720 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2721 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 { | |
| 2724 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2725 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2728 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2731 { | |
| 2732 size_t dim = Argument::dim(t1->parameters); | |
| 2733 if (dim != Argument::dim(t2->parameters)) | |
| 2734 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2737 { Argument *arg1 = Argument::getNth(t1->parameters, i); | |
| 2738 Argument *arg2 = Argument::getNth(t2->parameters, i); | |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2741 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2742 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2743 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2744 } | |
| 2745 } | |
| 2746 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2747 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 // The argument lists match | |
| 2750 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2751 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2752 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2753 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2756 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) | |
| 2759 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2760 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2761 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2764 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2765 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2766 { | |
| 2767 return 3; | |
| 2768 } | |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2771 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2772 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2773 } | |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 Lcovariant: | |
| 2776 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2777 return 1; | |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 Ldistinct: | |
| 2780 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2781 return 0; | |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2784 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2785 return 2; | |
| 2786 } | |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2789 { unsigned char mc; | |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2792 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2793 if (inuse) | |
| 2794 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2795 return; | |
| 2796 } | |
| 2797 inuse++; | |
| 2798 switch (linkage) | |
| 2799 { | |
| 2800 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2801 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2802 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2803 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2804 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2805 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2806 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2807 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2808 |
| 159 | 2809 default: |
| 2810 assert(0); | |
| 2811 } | |
| 2812 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
| 2813 // Write argument types | |
| 2814 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters); | |
| 2815 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); | |
| 2816 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
| 2817 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2818 inuse--; | |
| 2819 } | |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2822 { | |
| 2823 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 if (inuse) | |
| 2826 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2827 return; | |
| 2828 } | |
| 2829 inuse++; | |
| 2830 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2831 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2832 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2833 { | |
| 2834 switch (linkage) | |
| 2835 { | |
| 2836 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2837 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2838 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2839 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2840 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2841 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2842 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2843 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2844 |
| 159 | 2845 default: |
| 2846 assert(0); | |
| 2847 } | |
| 2848 } | |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2851 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2852 if (ident) | |
| 2853 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2854 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2855 } | |
| 2856 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2857 inuse--; | |
| 2858 } | |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2861 { | |
| 2862 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 if (inuse) | |
| 2865 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2866 return; | |
| 2867 } | |
| 2868 inuse++; | |
| 2869 if (next) | |
| 2870 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2871 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2872 { | |
| 2873 switch (linkage) | |
| 2874 { | |
| 2875 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2876 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2877 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2878 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2879 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2880 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2881 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2882 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2883 |
| 159 | 2884 default: |
| 2885 assert(0); | |
| 2886 } | |
| 2887 } | |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2890 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2891 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
| 2892 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2893 inuse--; | |
| 2894 } | |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2897 { | |
| 2898 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2899 { | |
| 2900 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2901 return this; | |
| 2902 } | |
| 2903 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2906 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2907 if (parameters) | |
| 2908 { tf->parameters = (Arguments *)parameters->copy(); | |
| 2909 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 2910 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 2911 Argument *cpy = (Argument *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2912 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2913 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; | |
| 2914 } | |
| 2915 } | |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 2918 if (!tf->next) | |
| 2919 { | |
| 2920 assert(global.errors); | |
| 2921 tf->next = tvoid; | |
| 2922 } | |
| 2923 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2924 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2925 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2926 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2927 } | |
| 2928 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2929 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 2930 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2931 } | |
| 2932 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2933 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 2934 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2935 } | |
| 2936 if (tf->next->isauto() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) | |
| 2937 error(loc, "functions cannot return auto %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2938 | |
| 2939 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 2940 { size_t dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2943 { Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(tf->parameters, i); | |
| 2944 Type *t; | |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 tf->inuse++; | |
| 2947 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2948 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; | |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2949 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2950 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2951 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2952 if (arg->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2953 arg->type = arg->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2954 tf->inuse++; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2955 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2956 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2957 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2958 |
| 159 | 2959 t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 if (arg->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 2962 { | |
| 2963 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2964 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 2965 } | |
| 2966 if (!(arg->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2967 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", arg->type->toChars()); | |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 2970 { | |
| 2971 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->semantic(sc); | |
| 2972 arg->defaultArg = resolveProperties(sc, arg->defaultArg); | |
| 2973 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(sc, arg->type); | |
| 2974 } | |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 2977 * change. | |
| 2978 */ | |
| 2979 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2980 { dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2981 i--; | |
| 2982 } | |
| 2983 } | |
| 2984 } | |
| 2985 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 2986 | |
| 2987 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 2988 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 2989 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 2990 return terror; | |
| 2991 } | |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 2994 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); | |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 2997 * can be different | |
| 2998 * even though the types match | |
| 2999 */ | |
| 3000 return tf; | |
| 3001 } | |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 /******************************** | |
| 3004 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 3005 * Determine match level. | |
| 3006 * Returns: | |
| 3007 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 3008 */ | |
| 3009 | |
| 3010 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 3011 { | |
| 3012 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 3013 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 size_t nparams = Argument::dim(parameters); | |
| 3016 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; | |
| 3017 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 3018 ; | |
| 3019 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 3020 { | |
| 3021 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 3022 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 3023 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 3024 } | |
| 3025 | |
| 3026 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 3027 { int m; | |
| 3028 Expression *arg; | |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 Argument *p = Argument::getNth(parameters, u); | |
| 3033 assert(p); | |
| 3034 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3035 { | |
| 3036 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3037 continue; | |
| 3038 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3039 goto L1; | |
| 3040 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3041 } | |
| 3042 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3043 assert(arg); | |
| 3044 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3045 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3046 else | |
| 3047 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3048 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3049 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3050 { | |
| 3051 L1: | |
| 3052 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3053 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3054 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 3055 integer_t sz; | |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3058 { | |
| 3059 case Tsarray: | |
| 3060 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3061 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3062 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3063 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3064 case Tarray: | |
| 3065 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3066 { | |
| 3067 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3068 assert(arg); | |
| 3069 #if 1 | |
| 3070 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3071 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3072 */ | |
| 3073 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3074 if (tret) | |
| 3075 { | |
| 3076 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3077 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3078 } | |
| 3079 else | |
| 3080 { | |
| 3081 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3082 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3083 { | |
| 3084 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3085 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3086 } | |
| 3087 } | |
| 3088 } | |
| 3089 else | |
| 3090 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3091 #else | |
| 3092 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3093 #endif | |
| 3094 if (m == 0) | |
| 3095 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3096 if (m < match) | |
| 3097 match = m; | |
| 3098 } | |
| 3099 goto Ldone; | |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 case Tclass: | |
| 3102 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3103 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3104 goto Ldone; | |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 default: | |
| 3107 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3108 } | |
| 3109 } | |
| 3110 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3111 } | |
| 3112 if (m < match) | |
| 3113 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3114 } | |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 Ldone: | |
| 3117 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3118 return match; | |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 Nomatch: | |
| 3121 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3122 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3123 } | |
| 3124 | |
| 3125 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3126 { | |
| 3127 if (parameters) | |
| 3128 { | |
| 3129 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 3130 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3131 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3132 if (t) | |
| 3133 return t; | |
| 3134 } | |
| 3135 } | |
| 3136 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3137 } | |
| 3138 | |
| 3139 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3142 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3143 { | |
| 3144 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3145 } | |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3148 { | |
| 3149 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3150 if (t == next) | |
| 3151 t = this; | |
| 3152 else | |
| 3153 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3154 return t; | |
| 3155 } | |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3158 { | |
| 3159 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3160 { | |
| 3161 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3162 return this; | |
| 3163 } | |
| 3164 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3165 return merge(); | |
| 3166 } | |
| 3167 | |
| 3168 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3169 { | |
| 3170 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3171 } | |
| 3172 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3173 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3174 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3175 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3176 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3177 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3178 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3179 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3180 |
| 159 | 3181 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3182 { | |
| 3183 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3184 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3185 return; | |
| 3186 } | |
| 3187 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3190 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
| 3191 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); | |
| 3192 } | |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3195 { | |
| 3196 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3197 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3198 #endif | |
| 3199 Expression *e; | |
| 3200 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 3201 e->type = this; | |
| 3202 return e; | |
| 3203 } | |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit() | |
| 3206 { | |
| 3207 return 1; | |
| 3208 } | |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3211 { | |
| 3212 return TRUE; | |
| 3213 } | |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3216 { | |
| 3217 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3218 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3219 #endif | |
| 3220 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3221 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3222 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3223 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3224 return e; | |
| 3225 } | |
| 3226 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3227 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3228 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3229 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3230 return e; |
| 3231 } | |
| 3232 else | |
| 3233 { | |
| 3234 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3235 } | |
| 3236 return e; | |
| 3237 } | |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3240 { | |
| 3241 return TRUE; | |
| 3242 } | |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3249 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3250 { | |
| 3251 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3252 } | |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3255 { | |
| 3256 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3257 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3258 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3259 { | |
| 3260 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3261 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3262 { | |
| 3263 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3266 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3267 } | |
| 3268 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3269 } | |
| 3270 } | |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3274 { | |
| 3275 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3276 } | |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3279 { | |
| 3280 int i; | |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3283 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3288 { | |
| 3289 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3290 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3291 } | |
| 3292 else | |
| 3293 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3294 } | |
| 3295 } | |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3298 { | |
| 3299 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3300 return 1; | |
| 3301 } | |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 /************************************* | |
| 3304 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3305 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3306 * Output: | |
| 3307 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3308 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3309 */ | |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3312 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3313 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3314 { | |
| 3315 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3316 int i; | |
| 3317 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3318 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3319 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3320 Type *t; | |
| 3321 Expression *e; | |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 #if 0 | |
| 3324 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3325 if (scopesym) | |
| 3326 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3327 #endif | |
| 3328 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3329 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3330 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3331 if (s) | |
| 3332 { | |
| 3333 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3334 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3335 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3336 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3337 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3338 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3341 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3342 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3343 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3344 if (!sm) | |
| 3345 { | |
| 3346 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3347 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3348 { | |
| 3349 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3350 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; | |
| 3351 } | |
| 3352 else | |
| 3353 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3354 t = e->type; | |
| 3355 if (!t) | |
| 3356 goto Lerror; | |
| 3357 goto L3; | |
| 3358 } | |
| 3359 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3360 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3361 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3362 if (t) | |
| 3363 { | |
| 3364 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3365 if (sm) | |
| 3366 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3367 if (sm) | |
| 3368 goto L2; | |
| 3369 } | |
| 3370 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3371 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3372 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3373 i++; | |
| 3374 L3: | |
| 3375 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3376 { | |
| 3377 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3378 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3379 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3380 } | |
| 3381 *pe = e; | |
| 3382 } | |
| 3383 else | |
| 3384 Lerror: | |
| 3385 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3386 return; | |
| 3387 } | |
| 3388 L2: | |
| 3389 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3390 } | |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3393 if (v) | |
| 3394 { | |
| 3395 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3396 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3397 { | |
| 3398 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3399 assert(ei); | |
| 3400 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3401 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3402 } | |
| 3403 else | |
| 3404 { | |
| 3405 #if 0 | |
| 3406 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3407 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3408 { | |
| 3409 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3410 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3411 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3412 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3413 } | |
| 3414 else | |
| 3415 #endif | |
| 3416 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3417 } | |
| 3418 return; | |
| 3419 } | |
| 3420 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3421 if (em) | |
| 3422 { | |
| 3423 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3424 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3425 return; | |
| 3426 } | |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 L1: | |
| 3429 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3430 if (!t) | |
| 3431 { | |
| 3432 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3433 Import *si; | |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3436 if (si) | |
| 3437 { | |
| 3438 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3439 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3440 goto L1; | |
| 3441 s = si; | |
| 3442 } | |
| 3443 *ps = s; | |
| 3444 return; | |
| 3445 } | |
| 3446 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3447 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3448 return; | |
| 3449 } | |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 if (t != this) | |
| 3452 { | |
| 3453 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3454 { | |
| 3455 Scope *scx; | |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 for (scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3458 { | |
| 3459 if (!scx) | |
| 3460 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3461 return; | |
| 3462 } | |
| 3463 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3464 break; | |
| 3465 } | |
| 3466 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3467 //((TypeIdentifier *)t)->resolve(loc, scx, pe, &t, ps); | |
| 3468 } | |
| 3469 } | |
| 3470 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3471 *pt = t; |
| 159 | 3472 else |
| 3473 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3474 } | |
| 3475 if (!s) | |
| 3476 { | |
| 3477 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3478 } | |
| 3479 } | |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3484 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3485 { | |
| 3486 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3487 } | |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | |
| 3490 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3491 { | |
| 3492 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3493 | |
| 3494 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3495 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3496 return t; | |
| 3497 } | |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3500 { unsigned len; | |
| 3501 char *name; | |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3504 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3505 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3506 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3507 } | |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3510 { | |
| 3511 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3512 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3513 return; | |
| 3514 } | |
| 3515 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3516 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3517 } | |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 /************************************* | |
| 3520 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3521 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3522 * Output: | |
| 3523 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3524 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3525 */ | |
| 3526 | |
| 3527 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3528 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3529 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3530 | |
| 3531 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3532 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3533 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3534 } | |
| 3535 | |
| 3536 /***************************************** | |
| 3537 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3538 * return that symbol. | |
| 3539 */ | |
| 3540 | |
| 3541 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3542 { | |
| 3543 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3544 if (!sc) | |
| 3545 return NULL; | |
| 3546 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3549 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3550 if (s) | |
| 3551 { | |
| 3552 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3553 { | |
| 3554 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3555 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3556 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3557 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3558 break; | |
| 3559 } | |
| 3560 } | |
| 3561 } | |
| 3562 return s; | |
| 3563 } | |
| 3564 | |
| 3565 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3566 { | |
| 3567 Type *t; | |
| 3568 Expression *e; | |
| 3569 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3570 | |
| 3571 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3572 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3573 if (t) | |
| 3574 { | |
| 3575 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3578 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3581 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3582 } | |
| 3583 } | |
| 3584 else | |
| 3585 { | |
| 3586 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3587 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3588 printf("1: "); | |
| 3589 #endif | |
| 3590 if (s) | |
| 3591 { | |
| 3592 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3593 } | |
| 3594 else | |
| 3595 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3596 t = tvoid; | |
| 3597 } | |
| 3598 //t->print(); | |
| 3599 return t; | |
| 3600 } | |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3603 { | |
| 3604 return this; | |
| 3605 } | |
| 3606 | |
| 3607 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3608 { | |
| 3609 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3610 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3611 { | |
| 3612 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3613 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3614 } | |
| 3615 | |
| 3616 return e; | |
| 3617 } | |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3622 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3623 { | |
| 3624 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3625 } | |
| 3626 | |
| 3627 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3628 { | |
| 3629 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3630 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3633 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3634 return t; | |
| 3635 } | |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3639 { | |
| 3640 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3641 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3642 return; | |
| 3643 } | |
| 3644 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3645 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3646 } | |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3649 { | |
| 3650 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3655 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3656 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 #if 0 | |
| 3659 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3660 { | |
| 3661 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3662 return; | |
| 3663 } | |
| 3664 #endif | |
| 3665 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3666 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3667 s = tempinst; | |
| 3668 if (s) | |
| 3669 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3670 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3671 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3672 } | |
| 3673 | |
| 3674 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3675 { | |
| 3676 Type *t; | |
| 3677 Expression *e; | |
| 3678 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3681 | |
| 3682 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3683 { | |
| 3684 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3685 global.gag++; | |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 global.gag--; | |
| 3690 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3691 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3692 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3693 return this; | |
| 3694 } | |
| 3695 } | |
| 3696 else | |
| 3697 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 if (!t) | |
| 3700 { | |
| 3701 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3702 printf("2: "); | |
| 3703 #endif | |
| 3704 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3705 t = tvoid; | |
| 3706 } | |
| 3707 return t; | |
| 3708 } | |
| 3709 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3710 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3711 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3712 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3713 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3714 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3715 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3716 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3717 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3718 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3719 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3720 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3721 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3722 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3723 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3724 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3725 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3726 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3727 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3728 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3729 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3730 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3731 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3732 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3733 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3734 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3735 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3736 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3737 |
| 159 | 3738 |
| 3739 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3742 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3743 { | |
| 3744 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3745 } | |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3748 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3749 //printf("TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 3750 TypeTypeof *t; |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3753 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3754 return t; | |
| 3755 } | |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3758 { | |
| 3759 Type *t; | |
| 3760 | |
| 336 | 3761 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3762 if (t == this) |
| 3763 return NULL; | |
| 3764 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3765 } | |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3768 { | |
| 3769 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3770 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3771 return; | |
| 3772 } | |
| 3773 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3774 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3775 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3776 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3777 } | |
| 3778 | |
| 3779 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3780 { Expression *e; | |
| 3781 Type *t; | |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3784 | |
| 3785 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 #if 0 | |
| 3788 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3789 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3790 */ | |
| 3791 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3792 { | |
| 3793 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3794 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3795 { | |
| 3796 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3797 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 if (!s) | |
| 3800 { | |
| 3801 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3802 goto Lerr; | |
| 3803 } | |
| 3804 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3805 if (cd) | |
| 3806 { | |
| 3807 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3808 { | |
| 3809 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3810 if (!cd) | |
| 3811 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3812 goto Lerr; | |
| 3813 } | |
| 3814 } | |
| 3815 t = cd->type; | |
| 3816 break; | |
| 3817 } | |
| 3818 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3819 if (sd) | |
| 3820 { | |
| 3821 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3822 { | |
| 3823 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3824 goto Lerr; | |
| 3825 } | |
| 3826 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3827 break; | |
| 3828 } | |
| 3829 } | |
| 3830 } | |
| 3831 else | |
| 3832 #endif | |
| 3833 { | |
| 3834 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3835 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3836 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3837 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3838 { | |
| 3839 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3840 } | |
| 159 | 3841 t = exp->type; |
| 3842 if (!t) | |
| 3843 { | |
| 3844 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3845 goto Lerr; | |
| 3846 } | |
| 3847 } | |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3850 { | |
| 3851 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3852 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3853 { | |
| 3854 if (!s) | |
| 3855 break; | |
| 3856 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3857 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3858 } | |
| 3859 if (s) | |
| 3860 { | |
| 3861 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3862 if (!t) | |
| 3863 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3864 goto Lerr; | |
| 3865 } | |
| 3866 } | |
| 3867 else | |
| 3868 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3869 goto Lerr; | |
| 3870 } | |
| 3871 } | |
| 3872 return t; | |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 Lerr: | |
| 3875 return tvoid; | |
| 3876 } | |
| 3877 | |
| 3878 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3879 { | |
| 3880 if (exp->type) | |
| 3881 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 3882 else | |
| 3883 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 3884 } | |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 3891 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 3892 { | |
| 3893 this->sym = sym; | |
| 3894 } | |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 3897 { | |
| 3898 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 3899 } | |
| 3900 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3901 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3902 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3903 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3904 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3905 |
| 159 | 3906 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3907 { | |
| 3908 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 3909 return merge(); | |
| 3910 } | |
| 3911 | |
| 3912 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3913 { | |
| 3914 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3915 { | |
| 3916 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3917 return 4; | |
| 3918 } | |
| 3919 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 3920 } | |
| 3921 | |
| 3922 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 3923 { | |
| 3924 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3925 { | |
| 3926 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3927 printf("1: "); | |
| 3928 #endif | |
| 3929 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3930 return 4; | |
| 3931 } | |
| 3932 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 3933 } | |
| 3934 | |
| 3935 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3936 { | |
| 3937 return sym; | |
| 3938 } | |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 3941 { | |
| 3942 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3943 { | |
| 3944 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3945 printf("2: "); | |
| 3946 #endif | |
| 3947 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3948 return tint32; | |
| 3949 } | |
| 3950 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 3951 } | |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3954 { char *name; | |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 3957 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 3958 // name += 2; | |
| 3959 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3960 } | |
| 3961 | |
| 3962 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3963 { | |
| 3964 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3965 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3966 return; | |
| 3967 } | |
| 3968 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 3969 } | |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3972 { | |
| 3973 EnumMember *m; | |
| 3974 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3975 Expression *em; | |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3978 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3979 #endif | |
| 3980 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3981 goto Lfwd; | |
| 3982 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 3983 if (!s) | |
| 3984 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3985 if (ident == Id::max || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3986 ident == Id::min || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3987 ident == Id::init || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3988 ident == Id::stringof || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3989 !sym->memtype |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3990 ) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3991 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3992 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3993 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3994 return sym->memtype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); |
| 159 | 3995 } |
| 3996 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3997 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 3998 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 3999 return em; | |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 Lfwd: | |
| 4002 error(e->loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4003 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4004 } | |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4007 { Expression *e; | |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 4010 { | |
| 4011 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4012 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4013 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 4014 } | |
| 4015 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 4016 { | |
| 4017 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4018 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4019 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 4020 } | |
| 4021 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4022 { | |
| 4023 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4024 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4025 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4026 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4027 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4028 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4029 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4030 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4031 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4032 } |
| 159 | 4033 else |
| 4034 { | |
| 4035 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4036 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4037 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4038 } | |
| 4039 return e; | |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 Lfwd: | |
| 4042 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4043 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4044 } | |
| 4045 | |
| 4046 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4047 { | |
| 4048 return 1; | |
| 4049 } | |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4052 { | |
| 4053 return 0; | |
| 4054 } | |
| 4055 | |
| 4056 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4057 { | |
| 4058 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4059 } | |
| 4060 | |
| 4061 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4062 { | |
| 4063 return 1; | |
| 4064 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4065 } | |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4068 { MATCH m; | |
| 4069 | |
| 4070 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4071 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4072 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4073 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4074 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4075 else | |
| 4076 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4077 return m; | |
| 4078 } | |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4081 { | |
| 4082 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4083 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4084 #endif | |
| 4085 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4086 Expression *e; | |
| 4087 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4088 return e; | |
| 4089 } | |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit() | |
| 4092 { | |
| 4093 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4094 } | |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4097 { | |
| 4098 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4099 } | |
| 4100 | |
| 4101 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4104 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4105 { | |
| 4106 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4107 } | |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4110 { | |
| 4111 return this; | |
| 4112 } | |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4115 { | |
| 4116 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4117 } | |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4120 { | |
| 4121 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4122 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4123 return merge(); | |
| 4124 } | |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4127 { | |
| 4128 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4129 } | |
| 4130 | |
| 4131 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4132 { | |
| 4133 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4134 } | |
| 4135 | |
| 4136 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4137 { | |
| 4138 return sym; | |
| 4139 } | |
| 4140 | |
| 4141 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4142 { unsigned len; | |
| 4143 char *name; | |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4146 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4147 // name += 2; | |
| 4148 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4149 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4150 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4151 } | |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4154 { | |
| 4155 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4156 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4157 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4158 return; | |
| 4159 } | |
| 4160 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4161 } | |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4164 { | |
| 4165 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4166 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4167 #endif | |
| 4168 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4169 { | |
| 4170 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4171 } | |
| 4172 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4173 } | |
| 4174 | |
| 4175 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4176 { | |
| 4177 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4178 { | |
| 4179 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4180 } | |
| 4181 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4182 } | |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4185 { | |
| 4186 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4187 } | |
| 4188 | |
| 4189 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4190 { | |
| 4191 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4192 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4193 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4194 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4195 } | |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4198 { | |
| 4199 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4200 } | |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4203 { | |
| 4204 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4205 } | |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4208 { | |
| 4209 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4210 } | |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4213 { | |
| 4214 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4215 } | |
| 4216 | |
| 4217 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4218 { | |
| 4219 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4220 } | |
| 4221 | |
| 4222 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4223 { | |
| 4224 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4225 } | |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4228 { | |
| 4229 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4230 } | |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4233 { | |
| 4234 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4235 { | |
| 4236 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4237 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4238 return Type::terror; | |
| 4239 } | |
| 4240 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4241 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4242 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4243 return t; | |
| 4244 } | |
| 4245 | |
| 4246 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4247 { MATCH m; | |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4250 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4251 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4252 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4253 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4254 else | |
| 4255 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4256 return m; | |
| 4257 } | |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4260 { Expression *e; | |
| 4261 Type *bt; | |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4264 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4265 #endif | |
| 4266 if (sym->init) | |
| 4267 { | |
| 4268 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4269 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4270 } | |
| 4271 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4272 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4273 e->type = this; | |
| 4274 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4275 { | |
| 4276 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4277 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4278 } | |
| 4279 return e; | |
| 4280 } | |
| 4281 | |
| 4282 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit() | |
| 4283 { | |
| 4284 if (sym->init) | |
| 4285 { | |
| 4286 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4287 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4288 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4289 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4290 return 1; | |
| 4291 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4292 } | |
| 4293 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4294 { | |
| 4295 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4296 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4297 } | |
| 4298 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4299 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(); | |
| 4300 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4301 return result; | |
| 4302 } | |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4305 { | |
| 4306 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4307 } | |
| 4308 | |
| 4309 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4312 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4313 { | |
| 4314 this->sym = sym; | |
|
1029
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4315 |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4316 // LDC |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4317 this->unaligned = 0; |
| 159 | 4318 } |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4321 { | |
| 4322 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4323 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4324 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4325 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4326 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4327 } | |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4330 { | |
| 4331 return this; | |
| 4332 } | |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4335 { | |
| 4336 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4339 * be right. | |
| 4340 */ | |
| 4341 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 return merge(); | |
| 4344 } | |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4347 { | |
| 4348 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4349 } | |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4352 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4353 | |
| 4354 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4355 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4356 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4357 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4358 return sz; | |
| 4359 } | |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4362 { | |
| 4363 return sym; | |
| 4364 } | |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4367 { unsigned len; | |
| 4368 char *name; | |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4371 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4372 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4373 // name += 2; | |
| 4374 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4375 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4376 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4377 } | |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4380 { | |
| 4381 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4382 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4383 return; | |
| 4384 } | |
| 4385 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4386 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4387 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4388 else | |
| 4389 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4390 } | |
| 4391 | |
| 4392 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4393 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 Expression *b; | |
| 4396 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4397 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4398 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4399 Declaration *d; | |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4402 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4403 #endif | |
| 4404 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4405 { | |
| 4406 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4407 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4408 } | |
| 4409 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4410 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4411 */ |
| 159 | 4412 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4413 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4414 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4415 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4416 */ |
| 336 | 4417 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4418 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4419 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4420 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4421 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4422 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4423 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4424 } | |
| 4425 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4426 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4427 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4428 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4429 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4430 return e; |
| 4431 } | |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4434 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4437 { | |
| 4438 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4441 e = de->e1; | |
| 4442 goto L1; | |
| 4443 } | |
| 4444 } | |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4447 L1: | |
| 4448 if (!s) | |
| 4449 { | |
| 4450 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4451 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4452 } | |
| 336 | 4453 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4454 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4455 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4458 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4459 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4460 | |
| 4461 if (ei) | |
| 4462 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4463 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4464 return e; | |
| 4465 } | |
| 4466 } | |
| 4467 | |
| 4468 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4469 { | |
| 4470 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4471 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4472 } | |
| 4473 | |
| 4474 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4475 if (em) | |
| 4476 { | |
| 4477 assert(em->value); | |
| 4478 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4479 } | |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4482 if (tm) | |
| 4483 { Expression *de; | |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4486 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4487 return de; | |
| 4488 } | |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4491 if (td) | |
| 4492 { | |
| 4493 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4494 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4495 return e; | |
| 4496 } | |
| 4497 | |
| 4498 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4499 if (ti) | |
| 4500 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4501 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4502 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4503 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4504 goto L1; | |
| 4505 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4506 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4507 return de; | |
| 4508 } | |
| 4509 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4510 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4511 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4512 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4513 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4514 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4515 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4516 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4517 |
| 159 | 4518 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4519 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4520 if (!d) | |
| 4521 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4522 #endif | |
| 4523 assert(d); | |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4526 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4529 { | |
| 4530 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4531 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4532 return e; | |
| 4533 } | |
| 4534 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4535 { | |
| 4536 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4537 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4538 return e; | |
| 4539 } | |
| 4540 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4541 } | |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4544 { | |
| 4545 // (e, d) | |
| 4546 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4549 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4550 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4551 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4552 return e; | |
| 4553 } | |
| 4554 | |
| 4555 if (v) | |
| 4556 { | |
| 4557 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4558 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4561 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4562 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4563 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4564 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4565 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4566 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4567 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4568 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4569 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4570 #endif |
| 159 | 4571 } |
| 4572 | |
| 4573 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4574 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4575 } | |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4578 { | |
| 4579 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4580 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4581 } | |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4584 { Declaration *d; |
| 159 | 4585 |
| 4586 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4587 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4588 #endif | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4589 d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4590 assert(d); |
| 4591 d->type = this; | |
| 4592 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4593 } | |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit() | |
| 4596 { | |
| 4597 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4598 } | |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4601 { | |
| 4602 return FALSE; | |
| 4603 } | |
| 4604 | |
| 4605 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4606 { | |
| 4607 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4608 | |
| 4609 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4610 if (s->members) | |
| 4611 { | |
| 4612 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4613 { | |
| 4614 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4615 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4616 return TRUE; | |
| 4617 } | |
| 4618 } | |
| 4619 return FALSE; | |
| 4620 } | |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4626 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4627 { | |
| 4628 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4629 } | |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4632 { | |
| 4633 return sym->toPrettyChars(); | |
| 4634 } | |
| 4635 | |
| 4636 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4637 { | |
| 4638 return this; | |
| 4639 } | |
| 4640 | |
| 4641 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4642 { | |
| 4643 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4644 if (sym->scope) | |
| 4645 sym->semantic(sym->scope); | |
| 4646 return merge(); | |
| 4647 } | |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4650 { | |
| 4651 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4652 } | |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4655 { | |
| 4656 return sym; | |
| 4657 } | |
| 4658 | |
| 4659 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4660 { unsigned len; | |
| 4661 char *name; | |
| 4662 | |
| 4663 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4664 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4665 // name += 2; | |
| 4666 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4667 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4668 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4669 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4670 } | |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4673 { | |
| 4674 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4675 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4676 return; | |
| 4677 } | |
| 4678 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4679 } | |
| 4680 | |
| 4681 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4682 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4683 | |
| 4684 Expression *b; | |
| 4685 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4686 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4687 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4688 Declaration *d; | |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4691 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4692 #endif | |
| 4693 | |
| 4694 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4695 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4698 { | |
| 4699 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4700 | |
| 4701 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4702 e = de->e1; | |
| 4703 goto L1; | |
| 4704 } | |
| 4705 } | |
| 4706 | |
| 4707 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4708 { | |
| 4709 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4710 */ | |
| 336 | 4711 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4712 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4713 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4714 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4715 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4716 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4717 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4718 } | |
| 4719 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4720 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4721 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4722 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4723 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4724 return e; |
| 4725 } | |
| 4726 | |
| 4727 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4728 L1: | |
| 4729 if (!s) | |
| 4730 { | |
| 4731 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4732 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4733 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4734 { | |
| 4735 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4736 { | |
| 4737 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4738 return e; | |
| 4739 } | |
| 4740 } | |
| 4741 | |
| 4742 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4743 { | |
| 4744 Type *t; | |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4747 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4748 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4749 { | |
| 4750 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4751 * at compile time. | |
| 4752 */ | |
| 4753 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4754 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4755 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4756 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4757 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4758 } | |
| 4759 else | |
| 4760 { | |
| 4761 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4762 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4763 */ | |
| 4764 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 Type* ct; | |
| 4767 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4768 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4769 } | |
| 4770 else { | |
| 4771 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4772 } | |
| 4773 | |
| 4774 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4775 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4776 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4777 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4778 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4781 { | |
| 4782 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4783 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4784 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4785 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4786 */ | |
| 4787 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4788 } | |
| 4789 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4790 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4791 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4792 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4793 */ | |
| 4794 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4795 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4796 } | |
| 336 | 4797 } |
| 159 | 4798 |
| 4799 #else | |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4802 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4803 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4804 { | |
| 4805 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4806 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4807 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4808 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4809 */ | |
| 4810 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4811 } | |
| 4812 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4813 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4814 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4815 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4816 */ | |
| 4817 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4818 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4819 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4820 } | |
| 4821 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4822 } |
| 4823 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4824 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4825 |
| 4826 return e; | |
| 4827 } | |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 4830 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 4831 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 4832 */ | |
| 4833 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 4834 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4835 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4836 return e; | |
| 4837 } | |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 4840 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 4841 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 4842 */ | |
| 4843 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 4844 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 4845 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4846 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 4847 return e; |
| 4848 } | |
| 4849 | |
| 4850 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 4851 { | |
| 4852 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 4853 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 4854 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 4855 } | |
| 4856 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 4857 { | |
| 4858 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 4859 } | |
| 4860 else | |
| 4861 { | |
| 4862 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4863 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4864 } | |
| 4865 } | |
| 336 | 4866 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4867 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4868 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4869 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4870 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4871 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4872 | |
| 4873 if (ei) | |
| 4874 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4875 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4876 return e; | |
| 4877 } | |
| 4878 } | |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4881 { | |
| 4882 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4883 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4884 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4885 } | |
| 4886 | |
| 4887 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4888 if (em) | |
| 4889 { | |
| 4890 assert(em->value); | |
| 4891 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4892 } | |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4895 if (tm) | |
| 4896 { Expression *de; | |
| 4897 | |
| 4898 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4899 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4900 return de; | |
| 4901 } | |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4904 if (td) | |
| 4905 { | |
| 4906 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4907 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4908 return e; | |
| 4909 } | |
| 4910 | |
| 4911 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4912 if (ti) | |
| 4913 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4914 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4915 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4916 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4917 goto L1; | |
| 4918 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4919 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4920 return de; | |
| 4921 } | |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 4924 if (!d) | |
| 4925 { | |
| 4926 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4927 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 4928 } | |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4931 { | |
| 4932 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !d->isFuncDeclaration())) | |
| 4935 { | |
| 4936 if (sc->func) | |
| 4937 { | |
| 4938 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 4939 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 4940 | |
| 4941 if (thiscd) | |
| 4942 { | |
| 4943 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 4944 | |
| 4945 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 4946 { | |
| 4947 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 4948 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 4949 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4950 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4951 return e; | |
| 4952 } | |
| 4953 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 4954 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 4955 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 4956 } | |
| 4957 } | |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4960 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4961 return e; | |
| 4962 } | |
| 4963 else if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4964 { | |
| 4965 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4966 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4967 return e; | |
| 4968 } | |
| 4969 else | |
| 4970 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4971 return ve; | |
| 4972 } | |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4975 { | |
| 4976 // (e, d) | |
| 4977 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4978 | |
| 4979 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4980 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4981 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4982 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4983 return e; | |
| 4984 } | |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 4987 { | |
| 4988 // (e, d) | |
| 4989 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4990 | |
| 4991 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4992 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4993 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4994 return e; | |
| 4995 } | |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4998 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4999 } | |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 5002 { | |
| 5003 return sym; | |
| 5004 } | |
| 5005 | |
| 5006 int TypeClass::isauto() | |
| 5007 { | |
| 5008 return sym->isauto; | |
| 5009 } | |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 5012 { | |
| 5013 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 5014 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 5017 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 5018 return 1; | |
| 5019 } | |
| 5020 return 0; | |
| 5021 } | |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 5024 { | |
| 5025 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 5026 if (this == to) | |
| 5027 return MATCHexact; | |
| 5028 | |
| 5029 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5030 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 5031 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 5032 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5033 } | |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5036 { | |
| 5037 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5038 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5039 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5040 } | |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5043 } | |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5046 { | |
| 5047 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5048 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5049 #endif | |
| 5050 Expression *e; | |
| 5051 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 5052 e->type = this; | |
| 5053 return e; | |
| 5054 } | |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 int TypeClass::isZeroInit() | |
| 5057 { | |
| 5058 return 1; | |
| 5059 } | |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5062 { | |
| 5063 return TRUE; | |
| 5064 } | |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5067 { | |
| 5068 return TRUE; | |
| 5069 } | |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5074 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5075 { | |
| 5076 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5077 this->arguments = arguments; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5078 //printf("TypeTuple() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5079 #ifdef DEBUG |
| 5080 if (arguments) | |
| 5081 { | |
| 5082 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5083 { | |
| 5084 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5085 assert(arg && arg->type); | |
| 5086 } | |
| 5087 } | |
| 5088 #endif | |
| 5089 } | |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 /**************** | |
| 5092 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5093 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5094 */ | |
| 5095 | |
| 5096 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5097 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5098 { | |
| 5099 Arguments *arguments = new Arguments; | |
| 5100 if (exps) | |
| 5101 { | |
| 5102 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5103 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5104 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5105 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5106 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
| 5107 Argument *arg = new Argument(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5108 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5109 } | |
| 5110 } | |
| 5111 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5112 } | |
| 5113 | |
| 5114 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5115 { | |
| 5116 Arguments *args = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); | |
| 5117 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5118 return t; | |
| 5119 } | |
| 5120 | |
| 5121 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5122 { | |
| 5123 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5124 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5125 if (!deco) |
| 5126 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5129 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5130 */ | |
| 5131 return this; | |
| 5132 } | |
| 5133 | |
| 5134 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5135 { Type *t; | |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5138 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5139 if (this == t) | |
| 5140 { | |
| 5141 return 1; | |
| 5142 } | |
| 5143 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5144 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5147 { | |
| 5148 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5149 { Argument *arg1 = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5150 Argument *arg2 = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5151 | |
| 5152 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5153 return 0; | |
| 5154 } | |
| 5155 return 1; | |
| 5156 } | |
| 5157 } | |
| 5158 return 0; | |
| 5159 } | |
| 5160 | |
| 5161 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5162 { | |
| 5163 if (arguments) | |
| 5164 { | |
| 5165 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5166 { | |
| 5167 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5168 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 5169 if (t) | |
| 5170 return t; | |
| 5171 } | |
| 5172 } | |
| 5173 return NULL; | |
| 5174 } | |
| 5175 | |
| 5176 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5177 { | |
| 5178 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); | |
| 5179 } | |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5182 { | |
| 5183 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5184 OutBuffer buf2; | |
| 5185 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments); | |
| 5186 unsigned len = buf2.offset; | |
| 5187 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5188 } | |
| 5189 | |
| 5190 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5191 { Expression *e; | |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5194 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5195 #endif | |
| 5196 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5197 { | |
| 5198 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5199 } | |
| 5200 else | |
| 5201 { | |
| 5202 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5203 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5204 } | |
| 5205 return e; | |
| 5206 } | |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5213 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5214 { | |
| 5215 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5216 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5217 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5218 } | |
| 5219 | |
| 5220 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5221 { | |
| 5222 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5223 return t; | |
| 5224 } | |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5227 { | |
| 5228 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5229 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5230 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5233 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5234 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5235 return Type::terror; | |
| 5236 } | |
| 5237 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5240 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5241 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5244 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5245 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5248 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5249 return Type::terror; |
| 5250 } | |
| 5251 | |
| 5252 Arguments *args = new Arguments; | |
| 5253 args->reserve(i2 - i1); | |
| 5254 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
| 5255 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5256 args->push(arg); | |
| 5257 } | |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5260 } | |
| 5261 | |
| 5262 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5263 { | |
| 5264 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5265 if (*pe) | |
| 5266 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5267 Expression *e; | |
| 5268 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5269 *pe = e; | |
| 5270 } | |
| 5271 else if (*ps) | |
| 5272 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5273 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5274 if (td) | |
| 5275 { | |
| 5276 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5277 */ | |
| 5278 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5279 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5280 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5283 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5284 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5287 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5288 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5291 | |
| 5292 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5293 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5294 goto Ldefault; |
| 5295 } | |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5298 { | |
| 5299 *ps = td; | |
| 5300 return; | |
| 5301 } | |
| 5302 | |
| 5303 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5304 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5305 */ | |
| 5306 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5307 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5308 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5309 { | |
| 5310 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5311 } | |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5314 *ps = tds; | |
| 5315 } | |
| 5316 else | |
| 5317 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5318 } | |
| 5319 else | |
| 5320 { | |
| 5321 Ldefault: | |
| 5322 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5323 } | |
| 5324 } | |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5327 { | |
| 5328 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5329 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5330 return; | |
| 5331 } | |
| 5332 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5333 | |
| 5334 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5335 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5336 } | |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 /***************************** Argument *****************************/ | |
| 5339 | |
| 5340 Argument::Argument(unsigned storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) | |
| 5341 { | |
| 5342 this->type = type; | |
| 5343 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5344 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5345 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
| 5346 } | |
| 5347 | |
| 5348 Argument *Argument::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5349 { | |
| 5350 Argument *a = new Argument(storageClass, | |
| 5351 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, | |
| 5352 ident, | |
| 5353 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
| 5354 return a; | |
| 5355 } | |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 Arguments *Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(Arguments *args) | |
| 5358 { Arguments *a = NULL; | |
| 5359 | |
| 5360 if (args) | |
| 5361 { | |
| 5362 a = new Arguments(); | |
| 5363 a->setDim(args->dim); | |
| 5364 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
| 5365 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5368 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5369 } | |
| 5370 } | |
| 5371 return a; | |
| 5372 } | |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 char *Argument::argsTypesToChars(Arguments *args, int varargs) | |
| 5375 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 5376 | |
| 5377 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5380 if (args) | |
| 5381 { int i; | |
| 5382 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5383 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5386 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 if (i) | |
| 5389 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5390 arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5391 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5392 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5393 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5394 } | |
| 5395 if (varargs) | |
| 5396 { | |
| 5397 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5398 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5399 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5400 } | |
| 5401 } | |
| 5402 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5403 | |
| 5404 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5405 } | |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 void Argument::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Arguments *arguments, int varargs) | |
| 5408 { | |
| 5409 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5410 if (arguments) | |
| 5411 { int i; | |
| 5412 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5413 | |
| 5414 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5415 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5416 | |
| 5417 if (i) | |
| 5418 buf->writestring(", "); | |
| 5419 arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5420 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) | |
| 5421 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5422 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5423 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5424 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5425 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5426 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5427 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5428 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5429 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5430 { | |
| 5431 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5432 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5433 } | |
| 5434 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5435 } | |
| 5436 if (varargs) | |
| 5437 { | |
| 5438 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5439 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5440 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5441 } | |
| 5442 } | |
| 5443 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5444 } | |
| 5445 | |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 void Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5448 { | |
| 5449 //printf("Argument::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); | |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 // Write argument types | |
| 5452 if (arguments) | |
| 5453 { | |
| 5454 size_t dim = Argument::dim(arguments); | |
| 5455 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 5456 { | |
| 5457 Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(arguments, i); | |
| 5458 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5459 } | |
| 5460 } | |
| 5461 } | |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 /**************************************************** | |
| 5464 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5465 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5466 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5467 */ | |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 Type *Argument::isLazyArray() | |
| 5470 { | |
| 5471 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5472 { | |
| 5473 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5474 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5475 { | |
| 5476 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5477 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5478 { | |
| 5479 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5480 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 if (!tf->varargs && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 5483 { | |
| 5484 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5485 } | |
| 5486 } | |
| 5487 } | |
| 5488 } | |
| 5489 return NULL; | |
| 5490 } | |
| 5491 | |
| 5492 void Argument::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5493 { | |
| 5494 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5495 { case 0: | |
| 5496 case STCin: | |
| 5497 break; | |
| 5498 case STCout: | |
| 5499 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5500 break; | |
| 5501 case STCref: | |
| 5502 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5503 break; | |
| 5504 case STClazy: | |
| 5505 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5506 break; | |
| 5507 default: | |
| 5508 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5509 halt(); | |
| 5510 #endif | |
| 5511 assert(0); | |
| 5512 } | |
| 5513 type->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5514 } | |
| 5515 | |
| 5516 /*************************************** | |
| 5517 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5518 */ | |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 size_t Argument::dim(Arguments *args) | |
| 5521 { | |
| 5522 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5523 if (args) | |
| 5524 { | |
| 5525 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5526 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5527 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5530 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5531 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5532 } | |
| 5533 else | |
| 5534 n++; | |
| 5535 } | |
| 5536 } | |
| 5537 return n; | |
| 5538 } | |
| 5539 | |
| 5540 /*************************************** | |
| 5541 * Get nth Argument, folding in tuples. | |
| 5542 * Returns: | |
| 5543 * Argument* nth Argument | |
| 5544 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number | |
| 5545 * of Arguments | |
| 5546 */ | |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 Argument *Argument::getNth(Arguments *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) | |
| 5549 { | |
| 5550 if (!args) | |
| 5551 return NULL; | |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5554 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5555 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5556 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5557 | |
| 5558 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5559 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5560 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5561 if (arg) | |
| 5562 return arg; | |
| 5563 } | |
| 5564 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5565 return arg; | |
| 5566 else | |
| 5567 n++; | |
| 5568 } | |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 if (pn) | |
| 5571 *pn += n; | |
| 5572 return NULL; | |
| 5573 } |